Frequently Asked Questions

Answers to the most common questions we get about our fall arrest systems, fall protection equipment, and other safety products.

Fall Protection Anchor Points

  • Should the wear sleeve on a concrete anchor strap protrude beyond the edge of the pour?

    Yes, the wear sleeve should extend beyond the edge to protect the anchor strap. Incorrect installation can allow the webbing to come into direct contact with rough edges of the cured concrete. When the strap is used incorrectly, the webbing is much more prone to damage and degradation. Therefore, straps that do not have the wear sleeve protruding beyond the edge of the pour should be removed. 

  • Can the FS830 series of coated cable chokers be wrapped around a structure multiple times?

    Yes. There is nothing to prohibit usage in instances where multiple wraps of the cable choker would need to be made around a structure prior to pass-through of the O-rings and attachment. There are varying sizes of structures in the field that may require more than one wrap of the cable and the FS830 series cable chokers are designed to allow for such attachment.

  • Can a horizontal lifeline be used with the Safewaze SW900 Parapet Wall Anchor?

    Yes. The SW900 is suitable for use with a horizontal lifeline as long as the lifeline runs perpendicular to the parapet wall on which the SW900 is installed.  Under no circumstance can a horizontal lifeline be used with a SW900 in a configuration where the lifeline runs parallel with the parapet wall.

  • Can a cross arm strap be used as an anchor point for a horizontal lifeline (HLL)?

    Yes. Safewaze cross arm straps may be used as the anchorage connector component of a compatible HLL system. Suitability must be determined on-site by a competent person. Any length of cross arm strap may be used with an HLL provided the competent person assesses the complete system and determines the strap length will not result in a free fall which exceeds the limits permitted by the system. 

  • What is the proper method for use of Safewaze vertical beam anchors with a horizontal lifeline?

    Safewaze offers a Vertical/Stationary Beam Anchor: 019-4009. Proper installation method as well as HLL attachment, capacities and more, can be found in the anchor's individual instruction manual.

Fall Protection Definitions

  • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

    A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

    An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

    If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

  • What is a double-locking snaphook?

    ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

    Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

    1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
    2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

    A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

  • What is a pelican hook?

    A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

  • How do I calculate fall clearance?

    Determining fall clearance is perhaps the most important aspect of fall protection. If not properly calculated, the wrong equipment could be selected for a particular job and, in the event of a fall, the result could be devastating. 

    Fall clearance is the minimum distance needed for equipment to arrest (or stop) a fall and keep a worker from striking the ground or the next lowest surface. It is not a simple distance calculation. There are many factors to consider, such as: 

    • Free Fall
    • Lanyard Length
    • Deceleration Distance/Arrest Distance
    • Harness Stretch
    • Height of Worker (Working Surface to Dorsal D-Ring)
    • Safety Factor
    • Swing Fall Drop Distance

    If the distance between the anchor point and nearest obstruction is less than the determined fall clearance, the fall arrest system will not protect a worker from hitting a lower surface. 

    A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

  • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

    A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

    1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
    2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

    Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

    OSHA states:

    "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

    This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

     

    Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

  • What is a double-locking snaphook?

    ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

    Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

    1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
    2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

    A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

  • What is a pelican hook?

    A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

  • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

    No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

  • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

    A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

    1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
    2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

    Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

    OSHA states:

    "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

    This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

     

    Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

  • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

    A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

    From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

    Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

  • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

    A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

    An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

    If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

  • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

    Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

    If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

  • What is the best lanyard for the job?

    In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

    While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

    Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

    When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

    • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
    • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
    • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
    • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
    • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
    • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

    LANYARD MATERIALS

    • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
    • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
    • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
    • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
    • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

    CONNECTOR

    • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
    • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
    • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
    • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
    • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

  • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

    These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

  • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

    This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

    Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

  • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

    The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

    Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

    Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

  • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

    Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

    Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

  • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

    Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

    For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

    Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

  • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

    Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

    There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

    The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

  • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

    The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

  • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

    The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

    For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

  • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

    ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

  • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

    OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

    There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

    OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

    • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
    • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
    • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

  • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

    Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

    Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

    Date: 12-21-2023

    Revision: 2

    The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

    • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
    • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
    • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
    • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
    • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
    • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
    • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

    The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

    1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

    Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

    1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

    Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

    Download Bulletin
  • What is a Technical Bulletin?
    Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

    How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
    All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
  • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

    Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

    Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

    In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

    1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

    2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

    3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

    4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

    Download Bulletin
  • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

    Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

    Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

    To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

    OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

    OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

    Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

    • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
    • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

    *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

    Download Bulletin

     
  • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

    Related Products: SRL-Ps

    Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

    The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

    The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

    Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

    Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

    Download Bulletin

A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

  • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

    A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

    1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
    2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

    Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

    OSHA states:

    "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

    This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

     

    Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

  • What is a double-locking snaphook?

    ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

    Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

    1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
    2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

    A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

  • What is a pelican hook?

    A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

  • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

    No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

  • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

    A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

    1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
    2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

    Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

    OSHA states:

    "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

    This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

     

    Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

  • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

    A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

    From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

    Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

  • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

    A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

    An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

    If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

  • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

    Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

    If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

  • What is the best lanyard for the job?

    In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

    While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

    Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

    When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

    • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
    • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
    • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
    • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
    • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
    • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

    LANYARD MATERIALS

    • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
    • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
    • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
    • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
    • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

    CONNECTOR

    • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
    • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
    • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
    • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
    • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

  • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

    These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

  • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

    This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

    Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

  • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

    The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

    Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

    Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

  • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

    Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

    Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

  • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

    Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

    For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

    Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

  • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

    Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

    There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

    The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

  • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

    The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

  • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

    The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

    For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

  • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

    ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

  • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

    OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

    There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

    OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

    • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
    • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
    • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

  • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

    Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

    Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

    Date: 12-21-2023

    Revision: 2

    The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

    • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
    • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
    • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
    • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
    • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
    • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
    • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

    The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

    1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

    Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

    1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

    Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

    Download Bulletin
  • What is a Technical Bulletin?
    Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

    How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
    All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
  • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

    Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

    Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

    In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

    1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

    2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

    3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

    4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

    Download Bulletin
  • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

    Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

    Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

    To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

    OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

    OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

    Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

    • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
    • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

    *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

    Download Bulletin

     
  • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

    Related Products: SRL-Ps

    Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

    The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

    The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

    Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

    Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

    Download Bulletin

An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

  • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

    A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

    1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
    2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

    Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

    OSHA states:

    "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

    This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

     

    Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

  • What is a double-locking snaphook?

    ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

    Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

    1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
    2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

    A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

  • What is a pelican hook?

    A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

  • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

    No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

  • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

    A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

    1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
    2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

    Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

    OSHA states:

    "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

    This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

     

    Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

  • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

    A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

    From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

    Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

  • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

    A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

    An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

    If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

  • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

    Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

    If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

  • What is the best lanyard for the job?

    In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

    While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

    Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

    When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

    • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
    • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
    • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
    • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
    • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
    • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

    LANYARD MATERIALS

    • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
    • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
    • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
    • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
    • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

    CONNECTOR

    • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
    • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
    • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
    • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
    • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

  • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

    These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

  • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

    This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

    Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

  • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

    The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

    Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

    Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

  • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

    Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

    Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

  • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

    Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

    For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

    Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

  • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

    Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

    There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

    The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

  • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

    The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

  • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

    The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

    For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

  • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

    ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

  • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

    OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

    There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

    OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

    • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
    • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
    • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

  • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

    Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

    Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

    Date: 12-21-2023

    Revision: 2

    The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

    • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
    • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
    • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
    • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
    • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
    • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
    • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

    The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

    1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

    Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

    1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

    Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

    Download Bulletin
  • What is a Technical Bulletin?
    Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

    How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
    All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
  • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

    Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

    Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

    In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

    1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

    2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

    3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

    4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

    Download Bulletin
  • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

    Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

    Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

    To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

    OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

    OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

    Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

    • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
    • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

    *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

    Download Bulletin

     
  • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

    Related Products: SRL-Ps

    Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

    The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

    The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

    Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

    Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

    Download Bulletin

An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

  • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

    A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

    1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
    2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

    Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

    OSHA states:

    "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

    This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

     

    Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

  • What is a double-locking snaphook?

    ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

    Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

    1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
    2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

    A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

  • What is a pelican hook?

    A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

  • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

    No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

  • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

    A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

    1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
    2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

    Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

    OSHA states:

    "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

    This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

     

    Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

  • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

    A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

    From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

    Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

  • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

    A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

    An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

    If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

  • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

    Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

    If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

  • What is the best lanyard for the job?

    In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

    While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

    Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

    When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

    • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
    • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
    • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
    • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
    • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
    • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

    LANYARD MATERIALS

    • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
    • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
    • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
    • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
    • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

    CONNECTOR

    • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
    • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
    • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
    • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
    • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

  • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

    These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

  • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

    This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

    Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

  • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

    The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

    Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

    Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

  • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

    Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

    Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

  • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

    Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

    For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

    Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

  • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

    Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

    There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

    The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

  • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

    The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

  • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

    The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

    For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

  • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

    ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

  • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

    OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

    There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

    OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

    • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
    • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
    • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

  • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

    Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

    Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

    Date: 12-21-2023

    Revision: 2

    The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

    • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
    • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
    • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
    • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
    • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
    • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
    • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

    The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

    1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

    Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

    1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

    Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

    Download Bulletin
  • What is a Technical Bulletin?
    Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

    How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
    All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
  • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

    Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

    Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

    In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

    1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

    2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

    3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

    4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

    Download Bulletin
  • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

    Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

    Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

    To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

    OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

    OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

    Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

    • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
    • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

    *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

    Download Bulletin

     
  • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

    Related Products: SRL-Ps

    Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

    The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

    The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

    Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

    Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

    Download Bulletin

Horizontal lifelines, known as HLLs, and vertical lifelines, known as VLLs, are important tools used as part of a complete fall protection system, providing anchorage for use with the appropriate harness and connector. Both types of lifelines utilize high-strength cable or rope which acts as the secure attachment point for fall arrest or fall restraint. They can be permanent or temporary. As the names imply, an HLL runs side to side (horizontally) while a VLL runs up and down (vertically) offering the worker additional range and mobility.

An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

  • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

    A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

    1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
    2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

    Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

    OSHA states:

    "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

    This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

     

    Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

  • What is a double-locking snaphook?

    ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

    Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

    1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
    2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

    A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

  • What is a pelican hook?

    A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

  • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

    No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

  • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

    A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

    1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
    2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

    Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

    OSHA states:

    "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

    This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

     

    Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

  • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

    A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

    From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

    Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

  • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

    A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

    An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

    If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

  • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

    Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

    If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

  • What is the best lanyard for the job?

    In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

    While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

    Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

    When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

    • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
    • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
    • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
    • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
    • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
    • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

    LANYARD MATERIALS

    • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
    • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
    • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
    • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
    • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

    CONNECTOR

    • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
    • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
    • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
    • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
    • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

  • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

    These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

  • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

    This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

    Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

  • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

    The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

    Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

    Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

  • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

    Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

    Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

  • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

    Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

    For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

    Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

  • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

    Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

    There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

    The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

  • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

    The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

  • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

    The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

    For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

  • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

    ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

  • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

    OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

    There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

    OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

    • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
    • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
    • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

  • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

    Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

    Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

    Date: 12-21-2023

    Revision: 2

    The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

    • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
    • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
    • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
    • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
    • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
    • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
    • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

    The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

    1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

    Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

    1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

    Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

    Download Bulletin
  • What is a Technical Bulletin?
    Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

    How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
    All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
  • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

    Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

    Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

    In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

    1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

    2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

    3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

    4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

    Download Bulletin
  • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

    Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

    Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

    To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

    OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

    OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

    Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

    • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
    • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

    *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

    Download Bulletin

     
  • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

    Related Products: SRL-Ps

    Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

    The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

    The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

    Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

    Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

    If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

    Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

    Download Bulletin
  • What are horizontal and vertical lifelines?

    Horizontal lifelines, known as HLLs, and vertical lifelines, known as VLLs, are important tools used as part of a complete fall protection system, providing anchorage for use with the appropriate harness and connector. Both types of lifelines utilize high-strength cable or rope which acts as the secure attachment point for fall arrest or fall restraint. They can be permanent or temporary. As the names imply, an HLL runs side to side (horizontally) while a VLL runs up and down (vertically) offering the worker additional range and mobility.

    An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

    A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

  • Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a double-locking snaphook?

      ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

      Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

      1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
      2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

      A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

    • What is a pelican hook?

      A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

    • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

      No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

    Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

      A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

      From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

      Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

    • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

      A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

      An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

      If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    • What is the best lanyard for the job?

      In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

      While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

      Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

      When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

      • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
      • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
      • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
      • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
      • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
      • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

      LANYARD MATERIALS

      • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
      • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
      • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
      • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
      • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

      CONNECTOR

      • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
      • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
      • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
      • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
      • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

    Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

    • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

      These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

    • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

      This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

      Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

    • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

      The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

      Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

      Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

    • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

      Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

      Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

      The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

    • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

      The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

      For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

    • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

      ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

    • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

      OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

      There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

      OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

      • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
      • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
      • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

    Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

    • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

      Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

      Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

      Date: 12-21-2023

      Revision: 2

      The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

      • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
      • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
      • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
      • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
      • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
      • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
      • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

      The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

      1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

      Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

      1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

      Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • What is a Technical Bulletin?
      Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

      How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
      All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
    • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

      In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

      1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

      2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

      3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

      4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

      Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

      To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

      OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

      OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

      Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

      • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
      • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

      *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin

       
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

      Related Products: SRL-Ps

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

      The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

      The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

      Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

      Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin

    The most important factors to consider when wearing a safety harness are the same whether it is one issued to a single worker or one that will be shared by multiple workers.

    Fall Protection Equipment — HLLs

    • Can a horizontal lifeline be used with the Safewaze SW900 Parapet Wall Anchor?

      Yes. The SW900 is suitable for use with a horizontal lifeline as long as the lifeline runs perpendicular to the parapet wall on which the SW900 is installed.  Under no circumstance can a horizontal lifeline be used with a SW900 in a configuration where the lifeline runs parallel with the parapet wall.

    • Can a cross arm strap be used as an anchor point for a horizontal lifeline (HLL)?

      Yes. Safewaze cross arm straps may be used as the anchorage connector component of a compatible HLL system. Suitability must be determined on-site by a competent person. Any length of cross arm strap may be used with an HLL provided the competent person assesses the complete system and determines the strap length will not result in a free fall which exceeds the limits permitted by the system. 

    • What is the proper method for use of Safewaze vertical beam anchors with a horizontal lifeline?

      Safewaze offers a Vertical/Stationary Beam Anchor: 019-4009. Proper installation method as well as HLL attachment, capacities and more, can be found in the anchor's individual instruction manual.

    • Can a temporary fixed beam anchor be used as an intermediate anchor point for the SafeLink horizontal lifeline system?

      Yes. Use of a temporary fixed beam anchor as an intermediate attachment point for inverted SafeLink installation is an acceptable installation method. 

    • What are horizontal and vertical lifelines?

      Horizontal lifelines, known as HLLs, and vertical lifelines, known as VLLs, are important tools used as part of a complete fall protection system, providing anchorage for use with the appropriate harness and connector. Both types of lifelines utilize high-strength cable or rope which acts as the secure attachment point for fall arrest or fall restraint. They can be permanent or temporary. As the names imply, an HLL runs side to side (horizontally) while a VLL runs up and down (vertically) offering the worker additional range and mobility.

      An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

      A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

    Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a double-locking snaphook?

      ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

      Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

      1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
      2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

      A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

    • What is a pelican hook?

      A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

    • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

      No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

    Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

      A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

      From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

      Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

    • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

      A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

      An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

      If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    • What is the best lanyard for the job?

      In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

      While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

      Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

      When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

      • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
      • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
      • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
      • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
      • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
      • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

      LANYARD MATERIALS

      • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
      • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
      • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
      • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
      • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

      CONNECTOR

      • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
      • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
      • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
      • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
      • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

    Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

    • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

      These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

    • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

      This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

      Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

    • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

      The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

      Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

      Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

    • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

      Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

      Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

      The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

    • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

      The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

      For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

    • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

      ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

    • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

      OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

      There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

      OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

      • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
      • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
      • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

    Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

    • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

      Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

      Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

      Date: 12-21-2023

      Revision: 2

      The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

      • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
      • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
      • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
      • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
      • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
      • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
      • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

      The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

      1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

      Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

      1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

      Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • What is a Technical Bulletin?
      Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

      How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
      All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
    • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

      In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

      1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

      2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

      3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

      4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

      Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

      To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

      OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

      OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

      Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

      • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
      • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

      *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin

       
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

      Related Products: SRL-Ps

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

      The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

      The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

      Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

      Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin

    The most important factors to consider when wearing a safety harness are the same whether it is one issued to a single worker or one that will be shared by multiple workers.

    Fall Protection Equipment — HLLs

    • Can a horizontal lifeline be used with the Safewaze SW900 Parapet Wall Anchor?

      Yes. The SW900 is suitable for use with a horizontal lifeline as long as the lifeline runs perpendicular to the parapet wall on which the SW900 is installed.  Under no circumstance can a horizontal lifeline be used with a SW900 in a configuration where the lifeline runs parallel with the parapet wall.

    • Can a cross arm strap be used as an anchor point for a horizontal lifeline (HLL)?

      Yes. Safewaze cross arm straps may be used as the anchorage connector component of a compatible HLL system. Suitability must be determined on-site by a competent person. Any length of cross arm strap may be used with an HLL provided the competent person assesses the complete system and determines the strap length will not result in a free fall which exceeds the limits permitted by the system. 

    • What is the proper method for use of Safewaze vertical beam anchors with a horizontal lifeline?

      Safewaze offers a Vertical/Stationary Beam Anchor: 019-4009. Proper installation method as well as HLL attachment, capacities and more, can be found in the anchor's individual instruction manual.

    • Can a temporary fixed beam anchor be used as an intermediate anchor point for the SafeLink horizontal lifeline system?

      Yes. Use of a temporary fixed beam anchor as an intermediate attachment point for inverted SafeLink installation is an acceptable installation method. 

    • What are horizontal and vertical lifelines?

      Horizontal lifelines, known as HLLs, and vertical lifelines, known as VLLs, are important tools used as part of a complete fall protection system, providing anchorage for use with the appropriate harness and connector. Both types of lifelines utilize high-strength cable or rope which acts as the secure attachment point for fall arrest or fall restraint. They can be permanent or temporary. As the names imply, an HLL runs side to side (horizontally) while a VLL runs up and down (vertically) offering the worker additional range and mobility.

      An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

      A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

    Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a double-locking snaphook?

      ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

      Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

      1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
      2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

      A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

    • What is a pelican hook?

      A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

    • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

      No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

    Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

      A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

      From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

      Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

    • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

      A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

      An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

      If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    • What is the best lanyard for the job?

      In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

      While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

      Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

      When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

      • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
      • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
      • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
      • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
      • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
      • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

      LANYARD MATERIALS

      • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
      • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
      • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
      • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
      • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

      CONNECTOR

      • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
      • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
      • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
      • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
      • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

    Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

    • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

      These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

    • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

      This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

      Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

    • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

      The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

      Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

      Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

    • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

      Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

      Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

      The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

    • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

      The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

      For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

    • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

      ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

    • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

      OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

      There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

      OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

      • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
      • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
      • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

    Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

    • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

      Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

      Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

      Date: 12-21-2023

      Revision: 2

      The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

      • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
      • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
      • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
      • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
      • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
      • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
      • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

      The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

      1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

      Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

      1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

      Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • What is a Technical Bulletin?
      Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

      How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
      All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
    • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

      In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

      1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

      2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

      3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

      4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

      Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

      To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

      OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

      OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

      Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

      • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
      • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

      *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin

       
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

      Related Products: SRL-Ps

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

      The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

      The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

      Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

      Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin

    Yes. OSHA requires employers to provide fall protection for each employee exposed to fall hazards. They do not, however, require each worker to have their own equipment. A harness with universal sizing has five areas of adjustment – chest strap, two torso adjusters and two leg buckles – to provide for different body shapes and sizes when different workers may share the same harness.

    The most important factors to consider when wearing a safety harness are the same whether it is one issued to a single worker or one that will be shared by multiple workers.

    Fall Protection Equipment — HLLs

    • Can a horizontal lifeline be used with the Safewaze SW900 Parapet Wall Anchor?

      Yes. The SW900 is suitable for use with a horizontal lifeline as long as the lifeline runs perpendicular to the parapet wall on which the SW900 is installed.  Under no circumstance can a horizontal lifeline be used with a SW900 in a configuration where the lifeline runs parallel with the parapet wall.

    • Can a cross arm strap be used as an anchor point for a horizontal lifeline (HLL)?

      Yes. Safewaze cross arm straps may be used as the anchorage connector component of a compatible HLL system. Suitability must be determined on-site by a competent person. Any length of cross arm strap may be used with an HLL provided the competent person assesses the complete system and determines the strap length will not result in a free fall which exceeds the limits permitted by the system. 

    • What is the proper method for use of Safewaze vertical beam anchors with a horizontal lifeline?

      Safewaze offers a Vertical/Stationary Beam Anchor: 019-4009. Proper installation method as well as HLL attachment, capacities and more, can be found in the anchor's individual instruction manual.

    • Can a temporary fixed beam anchor be used as an intermediate anchor point for the SafeLink horizontal lifeline system?

      Yes. Use of a temporary fixed beam anchor as an intermediate attachment point for inverted SafeLink installation is an acceptable installation method. 

    • What are horizontal and vertical lifelines?

      Horizontal lifelines, known as HLLs, and vertical lifelines, known as VLLs, are important tools used as part of a complete fall protection system, providing anchorage for use with the appropriate harness and connector. Both types of lifelines utilize high-strength cable or rope which acts as the secure attachment point for fall arrest or fall restraint. They can be permanent or temporary. As the names imply, an HLL runs side to side (horizontally) while a VLL runs up and down (vertically) offering the worker additional range and mobility.

      An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

      A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

    Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a double-locking snaphook?

      ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

      Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

      1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
      2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

      A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

    • What is a pelican hook?

      A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

    • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

      No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

    Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

      A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

      From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

      Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

    • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

      A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

      An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

      If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    • What is the best lanyard for the job?

      In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

      While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

      Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

      When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

      • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
      • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
      • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
      • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
      • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
      • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

      LANYARD MATERIALS

      • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
      • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
      • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
      • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
      • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

      CONNECTOR

      • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
      • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
      • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
      • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
      • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

    Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

    • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

      These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

    • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

      This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

      Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

    • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

      The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

      Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

      Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

    • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

      Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

      Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

      The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

    • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

      The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

      For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

    • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

      ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

    • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

      OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

      There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

      OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

      • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
      • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
      • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

    Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

    • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

      Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

      Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

      Date: 12-21-2023

      Revision: 2

      The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

      • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
      • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
      • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
      • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
      • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
      • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
      • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

      The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

      1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

      Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

      1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

      Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • What is a Technical Bulletin?
      Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

      How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
      All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
    • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

      In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

      1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

      2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

      3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

      4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

      Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

      To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

      OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

      OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

      Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

      • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
      • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

      *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin

       
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

      Related Products: SRL-Ps

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

      The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

      The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

      Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

      Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin
  • Can more than one worker share a fall protection harness?

    Yes. OSHA requires employers to provide fall protection for each employee exposed to fall hazards. They do not, however, require each worker to have their own equipment. A harness with universal sizing has five areas of adjustment – chest strap, two torso adjusters and two leg buckles – to provide for different body shapes and sizes when different workers may share the same harness.

    The most important factors to consider when wearing a safety harness are the same whether it is one issued to a single worker or one that will be shared by multiple workers.

  • Fall Protection Equipment — HLLs

    • Can a horizontal lifeline be used with the Safewaze SW900 Parapet Wall Anchor?

      Yes. The SW900 is suitable for use with a horizontal lifeline as long as the lifeline runs perpendicular to the parapet wall on which the SW900 is installed.  Under no circumstance can a horizontal lifeline be used with a SW900 in a configuration where the lifeline runs parallel with the parapet wall.

    • Can a cross arm strap be used as an anchor point for a horizontal lifeline (HLL)?

      Yes. Safewaze cross arm straps may be used as the anchorage connector component of a compatible HLL system. Suitability must be determined on-site by a competent person. Any length of cross arm strap may be used with an HLL provided the competent person assesses the complete system and determines the strap length will not result in a free fall which exceeds the limits permitted by the system. 

    • What is the proper method for use of Safewaze vertical beam anchors with a horizontal lifeline?

      Safewaze offers a Vertical/Stationary Beam Anchor: 019-4009. Proper installation method as well as HLL attachment, capacities and more, can be found in the anchor's individual instruction manual.

    • Can a temporary fixed beam anchor be used as an intermediate anchor point for the SafeLink horizontal lifeline system?

      Yes. Use of a temporary fixed beam anchor as an intermediate attachment point for inverted SafeLink installation is an acceptable installation method. 

    • What are horizontal and vertical lifelines?

      Horizontal lifelines, known as HLLs, and vertical lifelines, known as VLLs, are important tools used as part of a complete fall protection system, providing anchorage for use with the appropriate harness and connector. Both types of lifelines utilize high-strength cable or rope which acts as the secure attachment point for fall arrest or fall restraint. They can be permanent or temporary. As the names imply, an HLL runs side to side (horizontally) while a VLL runs up and down (vertically) offering the worker additional range and mobility.

      An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

      A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

    Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a double-locking snaphook?

      ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

      Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

      1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
      2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

      A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

    • What is a pelican hook?

      A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

    • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

      No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

    Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

      A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

      From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

      Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

    • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

      A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

      An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

      If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    • What is the best lanyard for the job?

      In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

      While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

      Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

      When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

      • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
      • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
      • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
      • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
      • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
      • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

      LANYARD MATERIALS

      • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
      • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
      • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
      • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
      • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

      CONNECTOR

      • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
      • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
      • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
      • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
      • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

    Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

    • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

      These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

    • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

      This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

      Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

    • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

      The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

      Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

      Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

    • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

      Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

      Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

      The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

    • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

      The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

      For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

    • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

      ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

    • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

      OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

      There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

      OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

      • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
      • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
      • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

    Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

    • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

      Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

      Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

      Date: 12-21-2023

      Revision: 2

      The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

      • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
      • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
      • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
      • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
      • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
      • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
      • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

      The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

      1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

      Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

      1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

      Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • What is a Technical Bulletin?
      Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

      How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
      All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
    • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

      In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

      1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

      2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

      3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

      4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

      Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

      To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

      OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

      OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

      Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

      • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
      • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

      *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin

       
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

      Related Products: SRL-Ps

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

      The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

      The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

      Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

      Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin

    Fall Protection Harness

    • What are the minimum and maximum weights for my harness?

      Based on extensive testing, Safewaze harnesses are certified at a user weight rating of 85-420 lbs. including clothing and equipment in accordance with OSHA and ANSI guidelines.

      OSHA regulation and ANSI standard both specify a standard maximum combined weight of user, clothing, tools and equipment of 310 lbs. OSHA allows an exception for a higher capacity provided that equivalent protection is provided and validated by the manufacturer. The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection code requires individual end-user weight ratings within 130 lbs. to 310 lbs. The primary concern around increasing weight capacity involves potential health risks from complications of orthostatic intolerance (suspension trauma) that could be experienced by a worker weighing more than 310 lbs.

      Many full body harnesses manufactured in the United Sates can support additional weight safely. The determining factor in a successful fall arrest for a user in such a situation is the capability of the energy absorbing self-retracting lanyard. When a deceleration device limits maximum arrest forces to less than 1800 lbs. and prevents the user from hitting the next lower lever or an object in the fall path, the harness functions properly in the event of a fall.

      Note that Safewaze products are labelled in accordance with ANSI 130-310 lbs. and OSHA maximum weight capacity of 420 lbs. We have conclusively determined that our equipment maintains an average arrest force within or below the required standards and have verified user weights from 85- 420 lbs. For any further questions on user weights on a personal fall arrest system rated outside the ANSI 130-310 lbs. range, please consult a Safewaze fall protection specialist.

    • What’s the difference between a tongue buckle and a pass-through closure?

      A tongue buckle used with grommets and a pass-through closure are the most common forms of fasteners currently found on full body harnesses. 

      Tongue buckle fasteners incorporate a traditional belt-buckle style closure. They have a prong that fits into a metal grommet which has been inserted into the fabric of the harness. This is a reliable method of closure with the condition of being binary in terms of sizing. There is no room for adjustment between the grommets. With this type of fastener, harness sizing adjustment is typically easier, especially when wearing gloves. 

      Pass-through, or parachute buckles, feature a male/female closure system. The male end passes through the opening in the female buckle creating closure between the two ends. Placement of the web through the buckle typically provides for a higher degree of custom adjustment than tongue buckle fasteners with grommets. Also, use of these buckles tends to reduce the overall weight of the harness depending upon the materials. Pass-through buckles are standard chest strap fasteners on the majority of harnesses. 

      The term “parachute buckle” is sometimes used to describe more contemporary fasteners utilizing a male and female attachment where the female component incorporates a mechanical latching system to hold the male component in place. 

    • Can more than one worker share a fall protection harness?

      Yes. OSHA requires employers to provide fall protection for each employee exposed to fall hazards. They do not, however, require each worker to have their own equipment. A harness with universal sizing has five areas of adjustment – chest strap, two torso adjusters and two leg buckles – to provide for different body shapes and sizes when different workers may share the same harness.

      The most important factors to consider when wearing a safety harness are the same whether it is one issued to a single worker or one that will be shared by multiple workers.

      • The harness must always be a proper fit for the person wearing it. While every worker should check their harness for fit before each use, sharing a harness may mean it will need to be fully readjusted every time. Tongue buckle leg connections are often preferred for easier adjustment on a shared harness. Employees should be trained on how to properly fit the harness they will need to wear for the job.
      • The harness must always be a proper fit for the work environment. A harness may be shared between workers but not necessarily between functions. What works for one application may not work in another and could even create a greater hazard. For instance, a padded shoulder may add comfort in construction but be too hot in a factory. Even more critical, a construction harness would not be safe to use in a welding or arc flash environment.

    Fall Protection Equipment — HLLs

    • Can a horizontal lifeline be used with the Safewaze SW900 Parapet Wall Anchor?

      Yes. The SW900 is suitable for use with a horizontal lifeline as long as the lifeline runs perpendicular to the parapet wall on which the SW900 is installed.  Under no circumstance can a horizontal lifeline be used with a SW900 in a configuration where the lifeline runs parallel with the parapet wall.

    • Can a cross arm strap be used as an anchor point for a horizontal lifeline (HLL)?

      Yes. Safewaze cross arm straps may be used as the anchorage connector component of a compatible HLL system. Suitability must be determined on-site by a competent person. Any length of cross arm strap may be used with an HLL provided the competent person assesses the complete system and determines the strap length will not result in a free fall which exceeds the limits permitted by the system. 

    • What is the proper method for use of Safewaze vertical beam anchors with a horizontal lifeline?

      Safewaze offers a Vertical/Stationary Beam Anchor: 019-4009. Proper installation method as well as HLL attachment, capacities and more, can be found in the anchor's individual instruction manual.

    • Can a temporary fixed beam anchor be used as an intermediate anchor point for the SafeLink horizontal lifeline system?

      Yes. Use of a temporary fixed beam anchor as an intermediate attachment point for inverted SafeLink installation is an acceptable installation method. 

    • What are horizontal and vertical lifelines?

      Horizontal lifelines, known as HLLs, and vertical lifelines, known as VLLs, are important tools used as part of a complete fall protection system, providing anchorage for use with the appropriate harness and connector. Both types of lifelines utilize high-strength cable or rope which acts as the secure attachment point for fall arrest or fall restraint. They can be permanent or temporary. As the names imply, an HLL runs side to side (horizontally) while a VLL runs up and down (vertically) offering the worker additional range and mobility.

      An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

      A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

    Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a double-locking snaphook?

      ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

      Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

      1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
      2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

      A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

    • What is a pelican hook?

      A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

    • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

      No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

    Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

      A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

      From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

      Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

    • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

      A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

      An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

      If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    • What is the best lanyard for the job?

      In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

      While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

      Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

      When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

      • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
      • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
      • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
      • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
      • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
      • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

      LANYARD MATERIALS

      • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
      • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
      • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
      • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
      • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

      CONNECTOR

      • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
      • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
      • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
      • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
      • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

    Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

    • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

      These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

    • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

      This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

      Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

    • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

      The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

      Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

      Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

    • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

      Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

      Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

      The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

    • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

      The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

      For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

    • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

      ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

    • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

      OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

      There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

      OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

      • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
      • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
      • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

    Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

    • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

      Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

      Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

      Date: 12-21-2023

      Revision: 2

      The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

      • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
      • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
      • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
      • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
      • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
      • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
      • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

      The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

      1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

      Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

      1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

      Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • What is a Technical Bulletin?
      Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

      How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
      All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
    • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

      In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

      1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

      2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

      3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

      4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

      Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

      To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

      OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

      OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

      Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

      • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
      • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

      *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin

       
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

      Related Products: SRL-Ps

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

      The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

      The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

      Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

      Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin

    View examples below on how to calculate fall clearance for Class 1 (overhead) SRLs, Class 2 (below D-ring) SRLs, 6' and 12' free fall lanyards.

    View Fall Clearance Chart

  • What is the difference between passive and active fall protection?

    Passive Fall Protection: This is a system that is fixed (stationary) and does not require worker interaction, such as a guardrail, hole cover or netting system.  

    Active Fall Protection: This type of system is mobile and requires a worker to use specific equipment. Fall arrest and fall restraint systems are two types of active fall protection.

  • Fall Arrest System Equipment Use

    • What is the life expectancy of fall protection equipment?

      Safewaze recommends inspection before each use and at least one time annually by a competent person other than the user. If the fall protection product passes inspection, it is safe to use. If a product has experienced a fall, it must be taken out of service for repair or replacement. Full body harnesses and energy absorbing lanyards exposed to a fall arrest need to be immediately removed from service and replaced. [Note: In 2012, ANSI/ASSE A10.32 was removed, so fall protection products do not normally incorporate a mandatory expiration date.]

    • How long can Safewaze products be used before they must be replaced?

      Whereas OSHA and ANSI do not state a mandatory life for any products, Safewaze instructions state that a competent person other than the user should perform an in-depth inspection of products at least annually. Additionally, the user should inspect equipment before each use in accordance with OSHA and ANSI guidelines as stated:   

      • ANSI Z359 fall protection code directs a competent person other than the user inspect products at least once a year. 
      • ANSI A10.32-2004 states that a competent person should inspect products every six months. This is also mandated by ANSI A10.14-1991. 
      • ANSI Z359.14-2014 states that SRLs shall be inspected by the authorized person or rescuer before each use. Additionally, inspections shall be conducted by a competent person other than the user.  
      • OSHA 1910.66 and 1926.502 state that all defective components be removed from service. There is not, however, a guideline for formal inspection periods. There is a requirement for there to be an inspection before each use.
    • I have fall protection equipment from a previous job. Can I use the same equipment on a new job site?

      Every worksite is different and contains its own unique challenges and fall hazards. While most fall protection equipment today is manufactured to be versatile, that does not guarantee that the devices used on the last job are the best solution for a new job. Some applications require job-specific equipment to ensure the safety of workers. 

      For example, those working in fields that do welding or electrical maintenance require a harness made with special materials that offer fire resistance and arc flash protection. The type of lanyard or self-retracting lifeline needed may also change depending on variables such as anchorage locations, fall clearance and the set-up of the worksite. 

      Fall protection equipment will not keep workers safe unless it is the right equipment for the job and used properly. Do not skip the research needed for a new worksite and the auditing of safety equipment to save time or money. Work with a qualified distributor or equipment manufacturer such as Safewaze to determine exactly what is needed. If you do not have the right equipment for the job, workers are not fully protected. Not only can shortcuts create unsafe work conditions and endanger workers, it can multiply the cost in time or money when a citation or accident occurs.

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    General Fall Protection Safety

    • What are the basics of fall protection, often called the ABCs or ABCDs?

      A: Anchorage  

      Anchorage is a secure point of attachment for fall protection equipment and is the literal foundation of fall protection. Anchorage systems vary by industry, job, type of installation and structure. They must be able to support the necessary loads and provide a suitable safety factor. 

      B: Body Wear  

      A full body harness is the most common type of body wear. Harnesses distribute fall forces over the upper thighs, pelvis, chest and shoulders, and provide a connection point on a worker for the personal fall arrest system. 

      C: Connector  

      A connector, such as a shock-absorbing lanyard or a self-retracting lifeline (SRL), securely fastens a worker's body wear (such as a harness) to the anchorage. 

      D: Descent/Rescue  

      These devices are used to raise or lower a fallen or injured worker to safety. Descent and rescue equipment can also be used to retrieve a worker from a confined space. This important component is often overlooked and requires appropriate advance planning. 

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the proper method for marking fall protection harnesses and lanyards?

      Permanent markers use solvents that allow the ink to dry very quickly. Once exposed to the air, the solvents in the permanent markers evaporate almost immediately, leaving just the ink. Neither the solvents nor the ink in permanent markers will cause any harm to nylon or polyester webbings. There may be some discoloration or bleeding between the webbing finish and the color of the marker ink but there will be no loss in breaking strength because of the marker. Safewaze recommends the use of a marker rated for use on items that can be cleaned if the equipment must be marked. 

      Private labeling and taping can also be attached if they do not interfere with the integrity of the webbing or hardware performance characteristics. Safewaze advises against any marking upon factory labels as this may interfere with the readability of the label. Additional grommets, rivets or holes shall not be installed to attach private labels. Do not attach labels, rings or other foreign materials to any of the full body safety harness D-rings or lanyard snaphooks. 

    • What is the life expectancy of fall protection equipment?

      Safewaze recommends inspection before each use and at least one time annually by a competent person other than the user. If the fall protection product passes inspection, it is safe to use. If a product has experienced a fall, it must be taken out of service for repair or replacement. Full body harnesses and energy absorbing lanyards exposed to a fall arrest need to be immediately removed from service and replaced. [Note: In 2012, ANSI/ASSE A10.32 was removed, so fall protection products do not normally incorporate a mandatory expiration date.]

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Fall Protection Harness

    • What are the minimum and maximum weights for my harness?

      Based on extensive testing, Safewaze harnesses are certified at a user weight rating of 85-420 lbs. including clothing and equipment in accordance with OSHA and ANSI guidelines.

      OSHA regulation and ANSI standard both specify a standard maximum combined weight of user, clothing, tools and equipment of 310 lbs. OSHA allows an exception for a higher capacity provided that equivalent protection is provided and validated by the manufacturer. The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection code requires individual end-user weight ratings within 130 lbs. to 310 lbs. The primary concern around increasing weight capacity involves potential health risks from complications of orthostatic intolerance (suspension trauma) that could be experienced by a worker weighing more than 310 lbs.

      Many full body harnesses manufactured in the United Sates can support additional weight safely. The determining factor in a successful fall arrest for a user in such a situation is the capability of the energy absorbing self-retracting lanyard. When a deceleration device limits maximum arrest forces to less than 1800 lbs. and prevents the user from hitting the next lower lever or an object in the fall path, the harness functions properly in the event of a fall.

      Note that Safewaze products are labelled in accordance with ANSI 130-310 lbs. and OSHA maximum weight capacity of 420 lbs. We have conclusively determined that our equipment maintains an average arrest force within or below the required standards and have verified user weights from 85- 420 lbs. For any further questions on user weights on a personal fall arrest system rated outside the ANSI 130-310 lbs. range, please consult a Safewaze fall protection specialist.

    • What’s the difference between a tongue buckle and a pass-through closure?

      A tongue buckle used with grommets and a pass-through closure are the most common forms of fasteners currently found on full body harnesses. 

      Tongue buckle fasteners incorporate a traditional belt-buckle style closure. They have a prong that fits into a metal grommet which has been inserted into the fabric of the harness. This is a reliable method of closure with the condition of being binary in terms of sizing. There is no room for adjustment between the grommets. With this type of fastener, harness sizing adjustment is typically easier, especially when wearing gloves. 

      Pass-through, or parachute buckles, feature a male/female closure system. The male end passes through the opening in the female buckle creating closure between the two ends. Placement of the web through the buckle typically provides for a higher degree of custom adjustment than tongue buckle fasteners with grommets. Also, use of these buckles tends to reduce the overall weight of the harness depending upon the materials. Pass-through buckles are standard chest strap fasteners on the majority of harnesses. 

      The term “parachute buckle” is sometimes used to describe more contemporary fasteners utilizing a male and female attachment where the female component incorporates a mechanical latching system to hold the male component in place. 

    • Can more than one worker share a fall protection harness?

      Yes. OSHA requires employers to provide fall protection for each employee exposed to fall hazards. They do not, however, require each worker to have their own equipment. A harness with universal sizing has five areas of adjustment – chest strap, two torso adjusters and two leg buckles – to provide for different body shapes and sizes when different workers may share the same harness.

      The most important factors to consider when wearing a safety harness are the same whether it is one issued to a single worker or one that will be shared by multiple workers.

      • The harness must always be a proper fit for the person wearing it. While every worker should check their harness for fit before each use, sharing a harness may mean it will need to be fully readjusted every time. Tongue buckle leg connections are often preferred for easier adjustment on a shared harness. Employees should be trained on how to properly fit the harness they will need to wear for the job.
      • The harness must always be a proper fit for the work environment. A harness may be shared between workers but not necessarily between functions. What works for one application may not work in another and could even create a greater hazard. For instance, a padded shoulder may add comfort in construction but be too hot in a factory. Even more critical, a construction harness would not be safe to use in a welding or arc flash environment.

    Fall Protection Equipment — HLLs

    • Can a horizontal lifeline be used with the Safewaze SW900 Parapet Wall Anchor?

      Yes. The SW900 is suitable for use with a horizontal lifeline as long as the lifeline runs perpendicular to the parapet wall on which the SW900 is installed.  Under no circumstance can a horizontal lifeline be used with a SW900 in a configuration where the lifeline runs parallel with the parapet wall.

    • Can a cross arm strap be used as an anchor point for a horizontal lifeline (HLL)?

      Yes. Safewaze cross arm straps may be used as the anchorage connector component of a compatible HLL system. Suitability must be determined on-site by a competent person. Any length of cross arm strap may be used with an HLL provided the competent person assesses the complete system and determines the strap length will not result in a free fall which exceeds the limits permitted by the system. 

    • What is the proper method for use of Safewaze vertical beam anchors with a horizontal lifeline?

      Safewaze offers a Vertical/Stationary Beam Anchor: 019-4009. Proper installation method as well as HLL attachment, capacities and more, can be found in the anchor's individual instruction manual.

    • Can a temporary fixed beam anchor be used as an intermediate anchor point for the SafeLink horizontal lifeline system?

      Yes. Use of a temporary fixed beam anchor as an intermediate attachment point for inverted SafeLink installation is an acceptable installation method. 

    • What are horizontal and vertical lifelines?

      Horizontal lifelines, known as HLLs, and vertical lifelines, known as VLLs, are important tools used as part of a complete fall protection system, providing anchorage for use with the appropriate harness and connector. Both types of lifelines utilize high-strength cable or rope which acts as the secure attachment point for fall arrest or fall restraint. They can be permanent or temporary. As the names imply, an HLL runs side to side (horizontally) while a VLL runs up and down (vertically) offering the worker additional range and mobility.

      An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

      A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

    Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a double-locking snaphook?

      ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

      Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

      1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
      2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

      A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

    • What is a pelican hook?

      A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

    • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

      No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

    Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

      A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

      From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

      Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

    • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

      A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

      An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

      If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    • What is the best lanyard for the job?

      In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

      While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

      Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

      When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

      • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
      • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
      • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
      • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
      • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
      • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

      LANYARD MATERIALS

      • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
      • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
      • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
      • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
      • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

      CONNECTOR

      • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
      • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
      • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
      • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
      • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

    Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

    • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

      These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

    • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

      This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

      Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

    • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

      The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

      Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

      Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

    • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

      Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

      Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

      The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

    • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

      The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

      For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

    • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

      ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

    • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

      OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

      There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

      OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

      • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
      • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
      • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

    Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

    • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

      Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

      Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

      Date: 12-21-2023

      Revision: 2

      The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

      • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
      • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
      • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
      • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
      • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
      • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
      • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

      The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

      1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

      Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

      1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

      Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • What is a Technical Bulletin?
      Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

      How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
      All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
    • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

      In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

      1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

      2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

      3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

      4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

      Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

      To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

      OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

      OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

      Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

      • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
      • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

      *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin

       
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

      Related Products: SRL-Ps

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

      The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

      The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

      Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

      Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin

    View examples below on how to calculate fall clearance for Class 1 (overhead) SRLs, Class 2 (below D-ring) SRLs, 6' and 12' free fall lanyards.

    View Fall Clearance Chart

  • What is the difference between passive and active fall protection?

    Passive Fall Protection: This is a system that is fixed (stationary) and does not require worker interaction, such as a guardrail, hole cover or netting system.  

    Active Fall Protection: This type of system is mobile and requires a worker to use specific equipment. Fall arrest and fall restraint systems are two types of active fall protection.

  • Fall Arrest System Equipment Use

    • What is the life expectancy of fall protection equipment?

      Safewaze recommends inspection before each use and at least one time annually by a competent person other than the user. If the fall protection product passes inspection, it is safe to use. If a product has experienced a fall, it must be taken out of service for repair or replacement. Full body harnesses and energy absorbing lanyards exposed to a fall arrest need to be immediately removed from service and replaced. [Note: In 2012, ANSI/ASSE A10.32 was removed, so fall protection products do not normally incorporate a mandatory expiration date.]

    • How long can Safewaze products be used before they must be replaced?

      Whereas OSHA and ANSI do not state a mandatory life for any products, Safewaze instructions state that a competent person other than the user should perform an in-depth inspection of products at least annually. Additionally, the user should inspect equipment before each use in accordance with OSHA and ANSI guidelines as stated:   

      • ANSI Z359 fall protection code directs a competent person other than the user inspect products at least once a year. 
      • ANSI A10.32-2004 states that a competent person should inspect products every six months. This is also mandated by ANSI A10.14-1991. 
      • ANSI Z359.14-2014 states that SRLs shall be inspected by the authorized person or rescuer before each use. Additionally, inspections shall be conducted by a competent person other than the user.  
      • OSHA 1910.66 and 1926.502 state that all defective components be removed from service. There is not, however, a guideline for formal inspection periods. There is a requirement for there to be an inspection before each use.
    • I have fall protection equipment from a previous job. Can I use the same equipment on a new job site?

      Every worksite is different and contains its own unique challenges and fall hazards. While most fall protection equipment today is manufactured to be versatile, that does not guarantee that the devices used on the last job are the best solution for a new job. Some applications require job-specific equipment to ensure the safety of workers. 

      For example, those working in fields that do welding or electrical maintenance require a harness made with special materials that offer fire resistance and arc flash protection. The type of lanyard or self-retracting lifeline needed may also change depending on variables such as anchorage locations, fall clearance and the set-up of the worksite. 

      Fall protection equipment will not keep workers safe unless it is the right equipment for the job and used properly. Do not skip the research needed for a new worksite and the auditing of safety equipment to save time or money. Work with a qualified distributor or equipment manufacturer such as Safewaze to determine exactly what is needed. If you do not have the right equipment for the job, workers are not fully protected. Not only can shortcuts create unsafe work conditions and endanger workers, it can multiply the cost in time or money when a citation or accident occurs.

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    General Fall Protection Safety

    • What are the basics of fall protection, often called the ABCs or ABCDs?

      A: Anchorage  

      Anchorage is a secure point of attachment for fall protection equipment and is the literal foundation of fall protection. Anchorage systems vary by industry, job, type of installation and structure. They must be able to support the necessary loads and provide a suitable safety factor. 

      B: Body Wear  

      A full body harness is the most common type of body wear. Harnesses distribute fall forces over the upper thighs, pelvis, chest and shoulders, and provide a connection point on a worker for the personal fall arrest system. 

      C: Connector  

      A connector, such as a shock-absorbing lanyard or a self-retracting lifeline (SRL), securely fastens a worker's body wear (such as a harness) to the anchorage. 

      D: Descent/Rescue  

      These devices are used to raise or lower a fallen or injured worker to safety. Descent and rescue equipment can also be used to retrieve a worker from a confined space. This important component is often overlooked and requires appropriate advance planning. 

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the proper method for marking fall protection harnesses and lanyards?

      Permanent markers use solvents that allow the ink to dry very quickly. Once exposed to the air, the solvents in the permanent markers evaporate almost immediately, leaving just the ink. Neither the solvents nor the ink in permanent markers will cause any harm to nylon or polyester webbings. There may be some discoloration or bleeding between the webbing finish and the color of the marker ink but there will be no loss in breaking strength because of the marker. Safewaze recommends the use of a marker rated for use on items that can be cleaned if the equipment must be marked. 

      Private labeling and taping can also be attached if they do not interfere with the integrity of the webbing or hardware performance characteristics. Safewaze advises against any marking upon factory labels as this may interfere with the readability of the label. Additional grommets, rivets or holes shall not be installed to attach private labels. Do not attach labels, rings or other foreign materials to any of the full body safety harness D-rings or lanyard snaphooks. 

    • What is the life expectancy of fall protection equipment?

      Safewaze recommends inspection before each use and at least one time annually by a competent person other than the user. If the fall protection product passes inspection, it is safe to use. If a product has experienced a fall, it must be taken out of service for repair or replacement. Full body harnesses and energy absorbing lanyards exposed to a fall arrest need to be immediately removed from service and replaced. [Note: In 2012, ANSI/ASSE A10.32 was removed, so fall protection products do not normally incorporate a mandatory expiration date.]

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Fall Protection Harness

    • What are the minimum and maximum weights for my harness?

      Based on extensive testing, Safewaze harnesses are certified at a user weight rating of 85-420 lbs. including clothing and equipment in accordance with OSHA and ANSI guidelines.

      OSHA regulation and ANSI standard both specify a standard maximum combined weight of user, clothing, tools and equipment of 310 lbs. OSHA allows an exception for a higher capacity provided that equivalent protection is provided and validated by the manufacturer. The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection code requires individual end-user weight ratings within 130 lbs. to 310 lbs. The primary concern around increasing weight capacity involves potential health risks from complications of orthostatic intolerance (suspension trauma) that could be experienced by a worker weighing more than 310 lbs.

      Many full body harnesses manufactured in the United Sates can support additional weight safely. The determining factor in a successful fall arrest for a user in such a situation is the capability of the energy absorbing self-retracting lanyard. When a deceleration device limits maximum arrest forces to less than 1800 lbs. and prevents the user from hitting the next lower lever or an object in the fall path, the harness functions properly in the event of a fall.

      Note that Safewaze products are labelled in accordance with ANSI 130-310 lbs. and OSHA maximum weight capacity of 420 lbs. We have conclusively determined that our equipment maintains an average arrest force within or below the required standards and have verified user weights from 85- 420 lbs. For any further questions on user weights on a personal fall arrest system rated outside the ANSI 130-310 lbs. range, please consult a Safewaze fall protection specialist.

    • What’s the difference between a tongue buckle and a pass-through closure?

      A tongue buckle used with grommets and a pass-through closure are the most common forms of fasteners currently found on full body harnesses. 

      Tongue buckle fasteners incorporate a traditional belt-buckle style closure. They have a prong that fits into a metal grommet which has been inserted into the fabric of the harness. This is a reliable method of closure with the condition of being binary in terms of sizing. There is no room for adjustment between the grommets. With this type of fastener, harness sizing adjustment is typically easier, especially when wearing gloves. 

      Pass-through, or parachute buckles, feature a male/female closure system. The male end passes through the opening in the female buckle creating closure between the two ends. Placement of the web through the buckle typically provides for a higher degree of custom adjustment than tongue buckle fasteners with grommets. Also, use of these buckles tends to reduce the overall weight of the harness depending upon the materials. Pass-through buckles are standard chest strap fasteners on the majority of harnesses. 

      The term “parachute buckle” is sometimes used to describe more contemporary fasteners utilizing a male and female attachment where the female component incorporates a mechanical latching system to hold the male component in place. 

    • Can more than one worker share a fall protection harness?

      Yes. OSHA requires employers to provide fall protection for each employee exposed to fall hazards. They do not, however, require each worker to have their own equipment. A harness with universal sizing has five areas of adjustment – chest strap, two torso adjusters and two leg buckles – to provide for different body shapes and sizes when different workers may share the same harness.

      The most important factors to consider when wearing a safety harness are the same whether it is one issued to a single worker or one that will be shared by multiple workers.

      • The harness must always be a proper fit for the person wearing it. While every worker should check their harness for fit before each use, sharing a harness may mean it will need to be fully readjusted every time. Tongue buckle leg connections are often preferred for easier adjustment on a shared harness. Employees should be trained on how to properly fit the harness they will need to wear for the job.
      • The harness must always be a proper fit for the work environment. A harness may be shared between workers but not necessarily between functions. What works for one application may not work in another and could even create a greater hazard. For instance, a padded shoulder may add comfort in construction but be too hot in a factory. Even more critical, a construction harness would not be safe to use in a welding or arc flash environment.

    Fall Protection Equipment — HLLs

    • Can a horizontal lifeline be used with the Safewaze SW900 Parapet Wall Anchor?

      Yes. The SW900 is suitable for use with a horizontal lifeline as long as the lifeline runs perpendicular to the parapet wall on which the SW900 is installed.  Under no circumstance can a horizontal lifeline be used with a SW900 in a configuration where the lifeline runs parallel with the parapet wall.

    • Can a cross arm strap be used as an anchor point for a horizontal lifeline (HLL)?

      Yes. Safewaze cross arm straps may be used as the anchorage connector component of a compatible HLL system. Suitability must be determined on-site by a competent person. Any length of cross arm strap may be used with an HLL provided the competent person assesses the complete system and determines the strap length will not result in a free fall which exceeds the limits permitted by the system. 

    • What is the proper method for use of Safewaze vertical beam anchors with a horizontal lifeline?

      Safewaze offers a Vertical/Stationary Beam Anchor: 019-4009. Proper installation method as well as HLL attachment, capacities and more, can be found in the anchor's individual instruction manual.

    • Can a temporary fixed beam anchor be used as an intermediate anchor point for the SafeLink horizontal lifeline system?

      Yes. Use of a temporary fixed beam anchor as an intermediate attachment point for inverted SafeLink installation is an acceptable installation method. 

    • What are horizontal and vertical lifelines?

      Horizontal lifelines, known as HLLs, and vertical lifelines, known as VLLs, are important tools used as part of a complete fall protection system, providing anchorage for use with the appropriate harness and connector. Both types of lifelines utilize high-strength cable or rope which acts as the secure attachment point for fall arrest or fall restraint. They can be permanent or temporary. As the names imply, an HLL runs side to side (horizontally) while a VLL runs up and down (vertically) offering the worker additional range and mobility.

      An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

      A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

    Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a double-locking snaphook?

      ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

      Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

      1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
      2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

      A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

    • What is a pelican hook?

      A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

    • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

      No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

    Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

      A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

      From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

      Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

    • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

      A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

      An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

      If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    • What is the best lanyard for the job?

      In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

      While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

      Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

      When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

      • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
      • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
      • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
      • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
      • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
      • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

      LANYARD MATERIALS

      • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
      • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
      • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
      • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
      • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

      CONNECTOR

      • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
      • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
      • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
      • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
      • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

    Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

    • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

      These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

    • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

      This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

      Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

    • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

      The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

      Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

      Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

    • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

      Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

      Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

      The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

    • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

      The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

      For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

    • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

      ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

    • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

      OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

      There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

      OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

      • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
      • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
      • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

    Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

    • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

      Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

      Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

      Date: 12-21-2023

      Revision: 2

      The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

      • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
      • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
      • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
      • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
      • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
      • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
      • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

      The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

      1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

      Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

      1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

      Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • What is a Technical Bulletin?
      Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

      How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
      All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
    • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

      In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

      1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

      2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

      3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

      4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

      Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

      To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

      OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

      OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

      Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

      • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
      • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

      *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin

       
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

      Related Products: SRL-Ps

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

      The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

      The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

      Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

      Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin

    Another consideration are situations known as swing falls. A swing fall occurs when an anchorage point is not directly above a worker. The nature of these falls means that adjusted calculations must be made. 

    View examples below on how to calculate fall clearance for Class 1 (overhead) SRLs, Class 2 (below D-ring) SRLs, 6' and 12' free fall lanyards.

    View Fall Clearance Chart

  • What is the difference between passive and active fall protection?

    Passive Fall Protection: This is a system that is fixed (stationary) and does not require worker interaction, such as a guardrail, hole cover or netting system.  

    Active Fall Protection: This type of system is mobile and requires a worker to use specific equipment. Fall arrest and fall restraint systems are two types of active fall protection.

  • Fall Arrest System Equipment Use

    • What is the life expectancy of fall protection equipment?

      Safewaze recommends inspection before each use and at least one time annually by a competent person other than the user. If the fall protection product passes inspection, it is safe to use. If a product has experienced a fall, it must be taken out of service for repair or replacement. Full body harnesses and energy absorbing lanyards exposed to a fall arrest need to be immediately removed from service and replaced. [Note: In 2012, ANSI/ASSE A10.32 was removed, so fall protection products do not normally incorporate a mandatory expiration date.]

    • How long can Safewaze products be used before they must be replaced?

      Whereas OSHA and ANSI do not state a mandatory life for any products, Safewaze instructions state that a competent person other than the user should perform an in-depth inspection of products at least annually. Additionally, the user should inspect equipment before each use in accordance with OSHA and ANSI guidelines as stated:   

      • ANSI Z359 fall protection code directs a competent person other than the user inspect products at least once a year. 
      • ANSI A10.32-2004 states that a competent person should inspect products every six months. This is also mandated by ANSI A10.14-1991. 
      • ANSI Z359.14-2014 states that SRLs shall be inspected by the authorized person or rescuer before each use. Additionally, inspections shall be conducted by a competent person other than the user.  
      • OSHA 1910.66 and 1926.502 state that all defective components be removed from service. There is not, however, a guideline for formal inspection periods. There is a requirement for there to be an inspection before each use.
    • I have fall protection equipment from a previous job. Can I use the same equipment on a new job site?

      Every worksite is different and contains its own unique challenges and fall hazards. While most fall protection equipment today is manufactured to be versatile, that does not guarantee that the devices used on the last job are the best solution for a new job. Some applications require job-specific equipment to ensure the safety of workers. 

      For example, those working in fields that do welding or electrical maintenance require a harness made with special materials that offer fire resistance and arc flash protection. The type of lanyard or self-retracting lifeline needed may also change depending on variables such as anchorage locations, fall clearance and the set-up of the worksite. 

      Fall protection equipment will not keep workers safe unless it is the right equipment for the job and used properly. Do not skip the research needed for a new worksite and the auditing of safety equipment to save time or money. Work with a qualified distributor or equipment manufacturer such as Safewaze to determine exactly what is needed. If you do not have the right equipment for the job, workers are not fully protected. Not only can shortcuts create unsafe work conditions and endanger workers, it can multiply the cost in time or money when a citation or accident occurs.

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    General Fall Protection Safety

    • What are the basics of fall protection, often called the ABCs or ABCDs?

      A: Anchorage  

      Anchorage is a secure point of attachment for fall protection equipment and is the literal foundation of fall protection. Anchorage systems vary by industry, job, type of installation and structure. They must be able to support the necessary loads and provide a suitable safety factor. 

      B: Body Wear  

      A full body harness is the most common type of body wear. Harnesses distribute fall forces over the upper thighs, pelvis, chest and shoulders, and provide a connection point on a worker for the personal fall arrest system. 

      C: Connector  

      A connector, such as a shock-absorbing lanyard or a self-retracting lifeline (SRL), securely fastens a worker's body wear (such as a harness) to the anchorage. 

      D: Descent/Rescue  

      These devices are used to raise or lower a fallen or injured worker to safety. Descent and rescue equipment can also be used to retrieve a worker from a confined space. This important component is often overlooked and requires appropriate advance planning. 

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the proper method for marking fall protection harnesses and lanyards?

      Permanent markers use solvents that allow the ink to dry very quickly. Once exposed to the air, the solvents in the permanent markers evaporate almost immediately, leaving just the ink. Neither the solvents nor the ink in permanent markers will cause any harm to nylon or polyester webbings. There may be some discoloration or bleeding between the webbing finish and the color of the marker ink but there will be no loss in breaking strength because of the marker. Safewaze recommends the use of a marker rated for use on items that can be cleaned if the equipment must be marked. 

      Private labeling and taping can also be attached if they do not interfere with the integrity of the webbing or hardware performance characteristics. Safewaze advises against any marking upon factory labels as this may interfere with the readability of the label. Additional grommets, rivets or holes shall not be installed to attach private labels. Do not attach labels, rings or other foreign materials to any of the full body safety harness D-rings or lanyard snaphooks. 

    • What is the life expectancy of fall protection equipment?

      Safewaze recommends inspection before each use and at least one time annually by a competent person other than the user. If the fall protection product passes inspection, it is safe to use. If a product has experienced a fall, it must be taken out of service for repair or replacement. Full body harnesses and energy absorbing lanyards exposed to a fall arrest need to be immediately removed from service and replaced. [Note: In 2012, ANSI/ASSE A10.32 was removed, so fall protection products do not normally incorporate a mandatory expiration date.]

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Fall Protection Harness

    • What are the minimum and maximum weights for my harness?

      Based on extensive testing, Safewaze harnesses are certified at a user weight rating of 85-420 lbs. including clothing and equipment in accordance with OSHA and ANSI guidelines.

      OSHA regulation and ANSI standard both specify a standard maximum combined weight of user, clothing, tools and equipment of 310 lbs. OSHA allows an exception for a higher capacity provided that equivalent protection is provided and validated by the manufacturer. The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection code requires individual end-user weight ratings within 130 lbs. to 310 lbs. The primary concern around increasing weight capacity involves potential health risks from complications of orthostatic intolerance (suspension trauma) that could be experienced by a worker weighing more than 310 lbs.

      Many full body harnesses manufactured in the United Sates can support additional weight safely. The determining factor in a successful fall arrest for a user in such a situation is the capability of the energy absorbing self-retracting lanyard. When a deceleration device limits maximum arrest forces to less than 1800 lbs. and prevents the user from hitting the next lower lever or an object in the fall path, the harness functions properly in the event of a fall.

      Note that Safewaze products are labelled in accordance with ANSI 130-310 lbs. and OSHA maximum weight capacity of 420 lbs. We have conclusively determined that our equipment maintains an average arrest force within or below the required standards and have verified user weights from 85- 420 lbs. For any further questions on user weights on a personal fall arrest system rated outside the ANSI 130-310 lbs. range, please consult a Safewaze fall protection specialist.

    • What’s the difference between a tongue buckle and a pass-through closure?

      A tongue buckle used with grommets and a pass-through closure are the most common forms of fasteners currently found on full body harnesses. 

      Tongue buckle fasteners incorporate a traditional belt-buckle style closure. They have a prong that fits into a metal grommet which has been inserted into the fabric of the harness. This is a reliable method of closure with the condition of being binary in terms of sizing. There is no room for adjustment between the grommets. With this type of fastener, harness sizing adjustment is typically easier, especially when wearing gloves. 

      Pass-through, or parachute buckles, feature a male/female closure system. The male end passes through the opening in the female buckle creating closure between the two ends. Placement of the web through the buckle typically provides for a higher degree of custom adjustment than tongue buckle fasteners with grommets. Also, use of these buckles tends to reduce the overall weight of the harness depending upon the materials. Pass-through buckles are standard chest strap fasteners on the majority of harnesses. 

      The term “parachute buckle” is sometimes used to describe more contemporary fasteners utilizing a male and female attachment where the female component incorporates a mechanical latching system to hold the male component in place. 

    • Can more than one worker share a fall protection harness?

      Yes. OSHA requires employers to provide fall protection for each employee exposed to fall hazards. They do not, however, require each worker to have their own equipment. A harness with universal sizing has five areas of adjustment – chest strap, two torso adjusters and two leg buckles – to provide for different body shapes and sizes when different workers may share the same harness.

      The most important factors to consider when wearing a safety harness are the same whether it is one issued to a single worker or one that will be shared by multiple workers.

      • The harness must always be a proper fit for the person wearing it. While every worker should check their harness for fit before each use, sharing a harness may mean it will need to be fully readjusted every time. Tongue buckle leg connections are often preferred for easier adjustment on a shared harness. Employees should be trained on how to properly fit the harness they will need to wear for the job.
      • The harness must always be a proper fit for the work environment. A harness may be shared between workers but not necessarily between functions. What works for one application may not work in another and could even create a greater hazard. For instance, a padded shoulder may add comfort in construction but be too hot in a factory. Even more critical, a construction harness would not be safe to use in a welding or arc flash environment.

    Fall Protection Equipment — HLLs

    • Can a horizontal lifeline be used with the Safewaze SW900 Parapet Wall Anchor?

      Yes. The SW900 is suitable for use with a horizontal lifeline as long as the lifeline runs perpendicular to the parapet wall on which the SW900 is installed.  Under no circumstance can a horizontal lifeline be used with a SW900 in a configuration where the lifeline runs parallel with the parapet wall.

    • Can a cross arm strap be used as an anchor point for a horizontal lifeline (HLL)?

      Yes. Safewaze cross arm straps may be used as the anchorage connector component of a compatible HLL system. Suitability must be determined on-site by a competent person. Any length of cross arm strap may be used with an HLL provided the competent person assesses the complete system and determines the strap length will not result in a free fall which exceeds the limits permitted by the system. 

    • What is the proper method for use of Safewaze vertical beam anchors with a horizontal lifeline?

      Safewaze offers a Vertical/Stationary Beam Anchor: 019-4009. Proper installation method as well as HLL attachment, capacities and more, can be found in the anchor's individual instruction manual.

    • Can a temporary fixed beam anchor be used as an intermediate anchor point for the SafeLink horizontal lifeline system?

      Yes. Use of a temporary fixed beam anchor as an intermediate attachment point for inverted SafeLink installation is an acceptable installation method. 

    • What are horizontal and vertical lifelines?

      Horizontal lifelines, known as HLLs, and vertical lifelines, known as VLLs, are important tools used as part of a complete fall protection system, providing anchorage for use with the appropriate harness and connector. Both types of lifelines utilize high-strength cable or rope which acts as the secure attachment point for fall arrest or fall restraint. They can be permanent or temporary. As the names imply, an HLL runs side to side (horizontally) while a VLL runs up and down (vertically) offering the worker additional range and mobility.

      An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

      A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

    Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a double-locking snaphook?

      ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

      Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

      1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
      2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

      A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

    • What is a pelican hook?

      A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

    • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

      No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

    Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

      A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

      From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

      Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

    • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

      A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

      An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

      If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    • What is the best lanyard for the job?

      In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

      While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

      Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

      When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

      • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
      • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
      • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
      • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
      • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
      • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

      LANYARD MATERIALS

      • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
      • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
      • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
      • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
      • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

      CONNECTOR

      • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
      • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
      • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
      • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
      • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

    Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

    • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

      These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

    • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

      This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

      Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

    • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

      The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

      Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

      Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

    • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

      Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

      Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

      The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

    • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

      The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

      For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

    • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

      ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

    • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

      OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

      There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

      OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

      • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
      • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
      • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

    Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

    • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

      Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

      Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

      Date: 12-21-2023

      Revision: 2

      The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

      • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
      • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
      • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
      • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
      • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
      • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
      • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

      The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

      1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

      Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

      1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

      Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • What is a Technical Bulletin?
      Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

      How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
      All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
    • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

      In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

      1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

      2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

      3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

      4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

      Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

      To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

      OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

      OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

      Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

      • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
      • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

      *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin

       
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

      Related Products: SRL-Ps

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

      The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

      The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

      Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

      Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin

    Another consideration are situations known as swing falls. A swing fall occurs when an anchorage point is not directly above a worker. The nature of these falls means that adjusted calculations must be made. 

    View examples below on how to calculate fall clearance for Class 1 (overhead) SRLs, Class 2 (below D-ring) SRLs, 6' and 12' free fall lanyards.

    View Fall Clearance Chart

  • What is the difference between passive and active fall protection?

    Passive Fall Protection: This is a system that is fixed (stationary) and does not require worker interaction, such as a guardrail, hole cover or netting system.  

    Active Fall Protection: This type of system is mobile and requires a worker to use specific equipment. Fall arrest and fall restraint systems are two types of active fall protection.

  • Fall Arrest System Equipment Use

    • What is the life expectancy of fall protection equipment?

      Safewaze recommends inspection before each use and at least one time annually by a competent person other than the user. If the fall protection product passes inspection, it is safe to use. If a product has experienced a fall, it must be taken out of service for repair or replacement. Full body harnesses and energy absorbing lanyards exposed to a fall arrest need to be immediately removed from service and replaced. [Note: In 2012, ANSI/ASSE A10.32 was removed, so fall protection products do not normally incorporate a mandatory expiration date.]

    • How long can Safewaze products be used before they must be replaced?

      Whereas OSHA and ANSI do not state a mandatory life for any products, Safewaze instructions state that a competent person other than the user should perform an in-depth inspection of products at least annually. Additionally, the user should inspect equipment before each use in accordance with OSHA and ANSI guidelines as stated:   

      • ANSI Z359 fall protection code directs a competent person other than the user inspect products at least once a year. 
      • ANSI A10.32-2004 states that a competent person should inspect products every six months. This is also mandated by ANSI A10.14-1991. 
      • ANSI Z359.14-2014 states that SRLs shall be inspected by the authorized person or rescuer before each use. Additionally, inspections shall be conducted by a competent person other than the user.  
      • OSHA 1910.66 and 1926.502 state that all defective components be removed from service. There is not, however, a guideline for formal inspection periods. There is a requirement for there to be an inspection before each use.
    • I have fall protection equipment from a previous job. Can I use the same equipment on a new job site?

      Every worksite is different and contains its own unique challenges and fall hazards. While most fall protection equipment today is manufactured to be versatile, that does not guarantee that the devices used on the last job are the best solution for a new job. Some applications require job-specific equipment to ensure the safety of workers. 

      For example, those working in fields that do welding or electrical maintenance require a harness made with special materials that offer fire resistance and arc flash protection. The type of lanyard or self-retracting lifeline needed may also change depending on variables such as anchorage locations, fall clearance and the set-up of the worksite. 

      Fall protection equipment will not keep workers safe unless it is the right equipment for the job and used properly. Do not skip the research needed for a new worksite and the auditing of safety equipment to save time or money. Work with a qualified distributor or equipment manufacturer such as Safewaze to determine exactly what is needed. If you do not have the right equipment for the job, workers are not fully protected. Not only can shortcuts create unsafe work conditions and endanger workers, it can multiply the cost in time or money when a citation or accident occurs.

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    General Fall Protection Safety

    • What are the basics of fall protection, often called the ABCs or ABCDs?

      A: Anchorage  

      Anchorage is a secure point of attachment for fall protection equipment and is the literal foundation of fall protection. Anchorage systems vary by industry, job, type of installation and structure. They must be able to support the necessary loads and provide a suitable safety factor. 

      B: Body Wear  

      A full body harness is the most common type of body wear. Harnesses distribute fall forces over the upper thighs, pelvis, chest and shoulders, and provide a connection point on a worker for the personal fall arrest system. 

      C: Connector  

      A connector, such as a shock-absorbing lanyard or a self-retracting lifeline (SRL), securely fastens a worker's body wear (such as a harness) to the anchorage. 

      D: Descent/Rescue  

      These devices are used to raise or lower a fallen or injured worker to safety. Descent and rescue equipment can also be used to retrieve a worker from a confined space. This important component is often overlooked and requires appropriate advance planning. 

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the proper method for marking fall protection harnesses and lanyards?

      Permanent markers use solvents that allow the ink to dry very quickly. Once exposed to the air, the solvents in the permanent markers evaporate almost immediately, leaving just the ink. Neither the solvents nor the ink in permanent markers will cause any harm to nylon or polyester webbings. There may be some discoloration or bleeding between the webbing finish and the color of the marker ink but there will be no loss in breaking strength because of the marker. Safewaze recommends the use of a marker rated for use on items that can be cleaned if the equipment must be marked. 

      Private labeling and taping can also be attached if they do not interfere with the integrity of the webbing or hardware performance characteristics. Safewaze advises against any marking upon factory labels as this may interfere with the readability of the label. Additional grommets, rivets or holes shall not be installed to attach private labels. Do not attach labels, rings or other foreign materials to any of the full body safety harness D-rings or lanyard snaphooks. 

    • What is the life expectancy of fall protection equipment?

      Safewaze recommends inspection before each use and at least one time annually by a competent person other than the user. If the fall protection product passes inspection, it is safe to use. If a product has experienced a fall, it must be taken out of service for repair or replacement. Full body harnesses and energy absorbing lanyards exposed to a fall arrest need to be immediately removed from service and replaced. [Note: In 2012, ANSI/ASSE A10.32 was removed, so fall protection products do not normally incorporate a mandatory expiration date.]

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Fall Protection Harness

    • What are the minimum and maximum weights for my harness?

      Based on extensive testing, Safewaze harnesses are certified at a user weight rating of 85-420 lbs. including clothing and equipment in accordance with OSHA and ANSI guidelines.

      OSHA regulation and ANSI standard both specify a standard maximum combined weight of user, clothing, tools and equipment of 310 lbs. OSHA allows an exception for a higher capacity provided that equivalent protection is provided and validated by the manufacturer. The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection code requires individual end-user weight ratings within 130 lbs. to 310 lbs. The primary concern around increasing weight capacity involves potential health risks from complications of orthostatic intolerance (suspension trauma) that could be experienced by a worker weighing more than 310 lbs.

      Many full body harnesses manufactured in the United Sates can support additional weight safely. The determining factor in a successful fall arrest for a user in such a situation is the capability of the energy absorbing self-retracting lanyard. When a deceleration device limits maximum arrest forces to less than 1800 lbs. and prevents the user from hitting the next lower lever or an object in the fall path, the harness functions properly in the event of a fall.

      Note that Safewaze products are labelled in accordance with ANSI 130-310 lbs. and OSHA maximum weight capacity of 420 lbs. We have conclusively determined that our equipment maintains an average arrest force within or below the required standards and have verified user weights from 85- 420 lbs. For any further questions on user weights on a personal fall arrest system rated outside the ANSI 130-310 lbs. range, please consult a Safewaze fall protection specialist.

    • What’s the difference between a tongue buckle and a pass-through closure?

      A tongue buckle used with grommets and a pass-through closure are the most common forms of fasteners currently found on full body harnesses. 

      Tongue buckle fasteners incorporate a traditional belt-buckle style closure. They have a prong that fits into a metal grommet which has been inserted into the fabric of the harness. This is a reliable method of closure with the condition of being binary in terms of sizing. There is no room for adjustment between the grommets. With this type of fastener, harness sizing adjustment is typically easier, especially when wearing gloves. 

      Pass-through, or parachute buckles, feature a male/female closure system. The male end passes through the opening in the female buckle creating closure between the two ends. Placement of the web through the buckle typically provides for a higher degree of custom adjustment than tongue buckle fasteners with grommets. Also, use of these buckles tends to reduce the overall weight of the harness depending upon the materials. Pass-through buckles are standard chest strap fasteners on the majority of harnesses. 

      The term “parachute buckle” is sometimes used to describe more contemporary fasteners utilizing a male and female attachment where the female component incorporates a mechanical latching system to hold the male component in place. 

    • Can more than one worker share a fall protection harness?

      Yes. OSHA requires employers to provide fall protection for each employee exposed to fall hazards. They do not, however, require each worker to have their own equipment. A harness with universal sizing has five areas of adjustment – chest strap, two torso adjusters and two leg buckles – to provide for different body shapes and sizes when different workers may share the same harness.

      The most important factors to consider when wearing a safety harness are the same whether it is one issued to a single worker or one that will be shared by multiple workers.

      • The harness must always be a proper fit for the person wearing it. While every worker should check their harness for fit before each use, sharing a harness may mean it will need to be fully readjusted every time. Tongue buckle leg connections are often preferred for easier adjustment on a shared harness. Employees should be trained on how to properly fit the harness they will need to wear for the job.
      • The harness must always be a proper fit for the work environment. A harness may be shared between workers but not necessarily between functions. What works for one application may not work in another and could even create a greater hazard. For instance, a padded shoulder may add comfort in construction but be too hot in a factory. Even more critical, a construction harness would not be safe to use in a welding or arc flash environment.

    Fall Protection Equipment — HLLs

    • Can a horizontal lifeline be used with the Safewaze SW900 Parapet Wall Anchor?

      Yes. The SW900 is suitable for use with a horizontal lifeline as long as the lifeline runs perpendicular to the parapet wall on which the SW900 is installed.  Under no circumstance can a horizontal lifeline be used with a SW900 in a configuration where the lifeline runs parallel with the parapet wall.

    • Can a cross arm strap be used as an anchor point for a horizontal lifeline (HLL)?

      Yes. Safewaze cross arm straps may be used as the anchorage connector component of a compatible HLL system. Suitability must be determined on-site by a competent person. Any length of cross arm strap may be used with an HLL provided the competent person assesses the complete system and determines the strap length will not result in a free fall which exceeds the limits permitted by the system. 

    • What is the proper method for use of Safewaze vertical beam anchors with a horizontal lifeline?

      Safewaze offers a Vertical/Stationary Beam Anchor: 019-4009. Proper installation method as well as HLL attachment, capacities and more, can be found in the anchor's individual instruction manual.

    • Can a temporary fixed beam anchor be used as an intermediate anchor point for the SafeLink horizontal lifeline system?

      Yes. Use of a temporary fixed beam anchor as an intermediate attachment point for inverted SafeLink installation is an acceptable installation method. 

    • What are horizontal and vertical lifelines?

      Horizontal lifelines, known as HLLs, and vertical lifelines, known as VLLs, are important tools used as part of a complete fall protection system, providing anchorage for use with the appropriate harness and connector. Both types of lifelines utilize high-strength cable or rope which acts as the secure attachment point for fall arrest or fall restraint. They can be permanent or temporary. As the names imply, an HLL runs side to side (horizontally) while a VLL runs up and down (vertically) offering the worker additional range and mobility.

      An HLL must be securely anchored at both ends and may also include intermediate anchor points. Designed for use by one or more workers, HLLs may be anchored overhead or at foot level. Connection is made with a device (Personal SRLs – SRL-Ps) that attaches the user to the HLL, or via an SRL that is anchored to the HLL and extended to connect to the user’s dorsal (back) D-ring. Connection to the HLL should be facilitated using an ANSI Z359.12-2019 compliant steel O-ring. User(s) should avoid direct connection to the HLL with a snap hook or carabiner as this may result in premature wear of lifeline components. All HLLs must comply with OSHA regulation 1926.502 and be, “designed, installed, and used under the supervision of a qualified person as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two.” These systems can provide increased freedom of movement while working on rooftops and in construction as well as providing fall protection solutions for window-washing, confined space operations and scaffolding.

      A VLL must be securely attached at the top and may or a not be attached at the bottom depending on application. They can be designed for use by one or multiple workers who use a positioning device, such as a rope grab, attached at the sternal (front) D-ring to control the worker’s movement up and down. The bottom end of the lifeline must be designed to ensure the rope grab does not slip off the lifeline and all VLLs must meet the OSHA guideline for minimum breaking strength of 5,000 lbs. These lifelines provide security in fall arrest and fall restraint for ladder and tower climbing as well as in roofing and general construction.

    Fall Protection Equipment — Hooks

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a double-locking snaphook?

      ANSI Z359 defines a snaphook as “a connector comprised of a hook-shaped body with a normally closed gate or similar arrangement that may be opened to permit the hook to receive an object and, when released, automatically closes to retain the object.” 

      Snaphooks typically “snap” closed and generally come in two types:    

      1. Automatic-locking: These hooks have a self-closing and self-locking gate which remains closed and locked until intentionally unlocked and opened for connection or disconnection. Required by ANSI Z359.
      2. Non-locking: These hooks have a self-closing gate which remains closed but not locked until intentionally opened for connection or disconnection. Not permitted by ANSI Z359.

      A double-locking snaphook is an automatic-locking hook. The “double” refers to the two-step action required to unlock and open the gate. It also refers to the self-closing and self-locking operations that take place once the hook is released. 

    • What is a pelican hook?

      A pelican hook usually refers to a hook with a large gate opening, typically in the 60 mm (2-2 ¼ in.) range. These types of hooks are often referred to as “rebar” hooks due to their association with and common incorporation into rebar chain assemblies. These assemblies are used for work positioning when tying rebar.

    • Can you connect a snap hook into the eye of another hook?

      No. Both OSHA and ANSI standards indicate that two or more snap hooks should not be connected to each other. A snap hook needs to align with the applied load to which it is connected. If the snap hook is attached to the eye of another hook it may not be able to move or rotate when a load is applied, breaking the connection and causing a hazardous situation. 

    Fall Protection Equipment — Lanyards

    • What is a Tie-Back Connector?

      A tie-back connector is a versatile piece of fall protection equipment that serves two functions:

      1. Standard Connector: Functions as a self-retracting lifeline (SRL) or energy absorbing lanyard.
      2. Anchorage Connector: Acts as an anchorage connector by wrapping around a rated structure (I-beams or columns) and attaching back to itself.

      Tie-back connectors completely remove the need for a separate anchorage device, streamlining the equipment workers require on the job. Whether looping securely around an I-beam, wrapping around a concrete column or attaching to other suitable structures, these connectors are extremely versatile and eliminate the need for a separate anchor. Unlike standard lanyards, these connectors are specially designed with locking snap hooks capable of withstanding forces when tied back into their own webbing. Standard hooks, on the other hand, lack this capability, as the gate - the weakest point of the hook - can bend or fail under the stress of a fall.

      OSHA states:

      "Unless a snap hook is a locking type specifically designed for the purpose of tying back into a lanyard, it shall not be engaged directly to webbing, rope, or wire rope."

      This means only connectors specifically designed for tie-back use are safe and compliant.

       

      Under no circumstances should a user ever tie a connector back into itself unless that connector is specifically designed for that purpose.

    • What is a Y or double-leg lanyard?

      A Y lanyard is an energy absorbing lanyard that consists of two separate energy absorbers and end point connectors with only one harness connecting element, which is typically a hook or a web loop. Y lanyards are sometimes called a 100% tie-off, double-leg or twin leg lanyard. 

      From a functional standpoint, Y lanyards work in the same way as a single-leg lanyard. In the event of a fall, they decelerate the user and absorb the energy generated by the fall. The incorporation of the second leg is designed to offer the user a way to work along distances where multiple anchor points are available and the distance exceeds the length of a single lanyard leg. In these cases, where the user must remain tied off 100% of the time, the user can attach to an anchor point with the first leg. This allows the user to traverse the distance allowed by the first lanyard, attach the second lanyard to the next suitable anchor point, detach the first lanyard and then proceed. 

      Multiple scenarios exist where Y lanyards can be used dependent upon the nature of the user’s movement within the workspace.  

    • What is the difference between a positioning lanyard and an energy or shock absorbing lanyard?

      A positioning lanyard is one component of a positioning device system. A positioning device system is used for fall restraint rather than fall arrest and consists of three parts: a belt or body harness, a lanyard and an anchor point. The positioning lanyard is the device which connects the harness to an anchor point and permits falls of 2 ft. or less. All positioning equipment must meet OSHA and ANSI standards. 

      An energy absorbing lanyard is used with a personal fall arrest system, which is different than a positioning device system. A fall arrest system’s goal is to lessen any forces on a worker’s body during a fall. ANSI standards allow for various ways of accomplishing this, such as the tearing of materials or breaking of stitches. These lanyards can be worn by the user or be part of a horizontal or vertical lifeline subsystem. 

      If potential for a fall exists, an energy absorbing lanyard is preferred over a positioning lanyard. Also note that if a worker is using a positioning device with a personal fall arrest system, they should utilize a harness that is designed to have attachment points for BOTH systems. 

    • Can the FS33310 positioning lanyard be used in fall restraint applications?

      Yes. The FS33310 positioning lanyard is typically used in positioning applications, it is also suitable for use in fall restraint applications. The user must always account for the fully deployed length of the lanyard and the structure to which the lanyard is attached must withstand loads of at least 1000 lbs. applied in the directions permitted by the system.   

      If used in a fall restraint application, this lanyard may only be used on surfaces where the slope does not exceed 4 in 12 (vertical to horizontal).

    • What is the best lanyard for the job?

      In a personal fall arrest system (PFAS), a lanyard connects your harness to an anchor point or to a horizontal or vertical lifeline, which acts as an intermediate connection to the anchor.

      While lanyards are typically 6' in length, shorter and longer options are available. Always select the shortest possible lanyard. Lanyards should be long enough to allow adequate job site work without creating undue free fall distance.

      Even a minimal fall can create tremendous force. For example, a 200 lb. worker falling 10 feet is subject to 8,000 lbs. of force in an abrupt dynamic drop. A properly selected and installed PFAS lanyard can drastically reduce the force to below 1,800 lbs., preventing serious injury.

      When selecting the best lanyard for the job, ask:

      • What is the fall clearance to the next level?
      • Where is the anchor point located, above or below the harness D-ring?
      • Will you plan for fall arrest or eliminate the hazard by using a positioning lanyard?
      • Will you be working near or over what ANSI defines as a leading edge?
      • What is the right material for your lanyard based on the environment?
      • What lanyard connectors do I need to properly tie off?

      LANYARD MATERIALS

      • Webbing - The flexible and dependable choice for most applications.
      • Rope – For increased abrasion resistance and strength.
      • Cable – Ideal for high heat or leading edge environments.
      • Specialty – Coated webbing for protection against grease, oil, or other contaminants.
      • Aramid - Webbing for fire, welding, or arc flash conditions. 

      CONNECTOR

      • Soft Loop – Chokes the lanyard harness attachment point.
      • Snap Hook – The most common option for small anchor points.
      • Carabiner – A twist lock gate alternative to hooks.
      • Scaffolding/Rebar Hook - Offers a larger gate opening for a variety of structural connections.
      • Tie-Back Hook – Specially built for applications where a standard anchor or connection is unavailable.

    Fall Protection Equipment — SRLs

    • What is the difference between a self-retracting lanyard and a self-retracting lifeline?

      These two terms are interchangeable and both are acceptable. Self-retracting lanyard is the common term based on the types and classes of self-retracting devices that were further defined in the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard in 2014.

    • Should a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) be worn on my back or should I connect to it like a full size SRL?

      This depends on the application. While it is rare to see personal SRLs mounted to any overhead anchorages of a larger traditional unit, a common exception is when these devices are mounted to order-picking lift trucks. Since the walking-working surface is so small and there is an integrated anchorage overhead, this is a practical solution in that situation. 

      Either way, always be sure to mount and/or wear these devices in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The manufacturer and any qualified persons at the worksite will always be the best resource for guidance on what is appropriate for your equipment.

    • What’s the difference between a personal self-retracting lanyard (SRL) and a full size SRL?

      The most noticeable difference is size or the working length. Most personal SRLs are offered in lengths of 6-12 feet. Anything longer can become difficult to manage. Since these devices are generally used interchangeably with energy absorbing lanyards, there is an expectation that they be small and reasonably lightweight. 

      Another difference is material. The constituent line in a personal SRL is typically webbing to lower the size and weight. Larger, full-size SRLs more frequently use wire rope. Wire rope is heavier and requires a wider drum diameter to be effectively wound. 

      Finally, most full size SRLs utilize an internal rotary brake to manage energy absorption. With size and weight constraints for personal devices, this is considered impractical. External tear-tape energy absorbers are generally used on smaller devices.

    • Why do some personal self-retracting lanyards (SRLs) have a separate shock absorber?

      Personal SRL devices most often incorporate a separate or external tear-tape energy absorber instead of an internal rotary brake because they are smaller and have restrictions on size and weight. Internal rotary brakes are heavy and complicate the use of personal SRL devices, especially when considering the need for a reserve line. 

      Safewaze external energy absorbers allow for easy use of personal SRL devices while maintaining high-capacity energy absorption.

    • How can I tell if a self-retracting lanyard (SRL) has been subject to a fall?

      Since 2012, it has been a requirement of the ANSI/ASSE Z359.14 standard that all self-retracting devices must include a visual indicator that the device has been subjected to a fall. In many cases, this is a simple roll-pin or shear-pin that is part of the snap hook assembly. In the event of a fall, the pin shears off, revealing an identifying collar or mark. 

      For devices featuring a webbing constituent line, the visual indicator may be a simple warning label or flag. It is stitched to the webbing near the nozzle hook at the bottom of the housing and concealed in a section that has been folded and stitched down. The force of the arrest breaks the stitch and reveals the concealed warning label. 

      Check manufacturer instructions for your preferred device for details on the visual indicator and how to determine the go/no-go criteria for your device. Any device that has been involved in a fall cannot be reused. 

    Industry Standards & Fall Protection Training

    • Can I tie off at my feet (ground level)?

      Tying off at ground level is not generally recommended and it is best practice to avoid it if at all possible. The difficulty is that it requires a greater degree of clearance between the walking-working surface and the next lower level. Additionally, objects or equipment in the fall path present a significant hazard. In many cases, the available clearance is not uniform across broad areas.

      There are various energy absorbing lanyards and self-retracting devices that are designed for these circumstances with clearance required between levels to safely arrest a fall between 13-18 feet. If we consider steel erection as a benchmark, typical clearances between levels range from 10-15 feet. That leaves little margin for error. When working within a pipe-rack, clearances can be even less.

      The best outcomes will always come from utilizing overhead anchorages. If there is no suitable overhead structure to tie into, horizontal lifelines or portable ballasted devices may be more suitable options. If those measures are not feasible, OSHA does allow free-falls up to twelve feet. However, this is provided that equivalent thresholds of protection are provided to those workers (maximum arrest forces not to exceed 1,800 lbs.) and provided that they do not strike a lower level or an object in the fall path.

    • What is the maximum free fall distance allowed by ANSI and OSHA standards?

      The ANSI Z359 Fall Protection Code allows for a 6-foot maximum free fall distance. OSHA allows the free fall distance to exceed 6 feet as long as: [1] the employer can demonstrate that the fall protection equipment in use is designed to allow a free fall greater than 6 feet; [2] the arresting forces are below 1800 lbs. for a full body harness system; and [3] there is suitable fall clearance. 

    • What is a "timely manner" for rescue according to ANSI and OSHA?

      The ANSI Z359.2-2007 standard recommends less than six minutes to contact an injured worker. OSHA requires medical aid to an injured worker within four to six minutes. 

      For all fall protection programs, both internal and external rescue services should be carefully evaluated in advance to determine which options are suitable for the specific worksite.

    • Which national safety standard is the best guide for using fall protection equipment properly?

      ANSI standard Z359.2 is usually considered the best. It details all employer responsibilities for providing fall protection to workers in general industry and construction and goes above-and-beyond the minimum requirements. OSHA, another leading guide, references all ANSI Z359 standards as requirements under OSHA’s General Duty Clause.  

    • What are the most common violations and penalties being cited for fall protection violations?

      OSHA reports that fall protection continues to be the most frequently violated safety guideline year after year. Additionally, the CDC confirms that falls are the leading cause of construction-worker fatalities. 

      There were over 6,000 violations of “Fall Protection – General Requirements 1926.501” in 2019, nearly double the amount of the next category. The top 10 violations also included Ladders (1926.1053) in 6th place and fall protection training requirements (1926.503) in 8th place. 

      OSHA reports that over $71.5 million dollars in citations were issued for the 2019 fiscal year. Below are the maximum penalty amounts with the annual adjustment for inflation being charged after Jan. 15, 2021. (See OSHA Memo, Jan 8, 2021). 

      • Serious, Other-Than-Serious, Posting Requirements: $13,653 per violation
      • Failure to Abate: $13,653 per day beyond the abatement date
      • Willful or Repeated: $136,532 per violation

    Fall Arrest System Technical Bulletins

    • Use of Self-Retracting Lifelines in Mobile Elevated Work Platforms

      Related Products: Safewaze SRLs/SRL-Ps, 021-2064/2065/2066, 023-2135

      Related Standards: OSHA 1910.66 & 1910.140, EM 385-1-1

      Date: 12-21-2023

      Revision: 2

      The use of a Safewaze Self-Retracting Lifeline (SRL/SRL-P) for fall protection on a Mobile Elevated Work Platform (MEWP) is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual and the following guidelines/restrictions:

      • The user must be secured to an engineered anchor point designed into the MEWP at all times. SRL usage is safe when a MEWP is stationary. When in motion, the user must utilize a restraint personal fall arrest system connected to the side positioning D-ring(s) of a full body harness. Use of a SRL while the MEWP is in motion will not ensure the user is properly restrained and could result in the user being ejected from the platform.
      • Class-1 SRLs may be used where there are no sharp edges. Class-2 leading edge SRLs must be used if there is an opportunity for the line constituent to encounter a sharp edge.
      • The MEWP must have a guardrail system with a latching gate around its perimeter. The user must continuously work from the main platform of the lift and not attempt to climb onto the safety rails or side of the work platform.
      • It is mandatory that if a SRL is equipped with a personal energy absorber (PEA), the PEA is mounted to the dorsal D-ring of the user’s harness.
      • Fall clearance has been calculated based on the SRL/lanyard used and a Competent Person has determined the MEWP’s anchor is capable of withstanding anticipated fall loads and meets, or exceeds, OSHA required anchorage strength regulations.
      • The MEWP manufacturer’s manual is consulted for safety precautions within the use of the specific lift.
      • SRLs are not allowed for use with Boom Supported Platforms/Boom Lifts when operating under the guidelines pursuant to EM 385-1-1.

      The following Safewaze restraint/positioning products are recommended for use on MEWPs in motion:

      1. 021-2064/021-2065/021-2066: 6.5’ Rope Positioning Lanyard

      Connect the carabiner on the wear sleeve end to the MEWP anchor. Connect the carabiner attached to the rope adjuster to a side positioning D-ring of a full body harness. Adjust for tension as needed.

      1. 023-2135: 26’’-48’’ Adjustable Web Restraint Assembly

      Connect the middle snap hook of the lanyard to the MEWP anchor. Connect the two snap hooks of the Y-legs to the side positioning D-rings of a full body harness.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • What is a Technical Bulletin?
      Technical Bullets convey information that is beyond the scope of the product manual. These documents are intended to communicate helpful or clarifying information to the customer.

      How to Look Up a Technical Bulletin
      All Technical Bulletins can be found on their respective product landing page or the Technical Bulletin subsection of our FAQ.
    • Use of Various Fasteners with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Products: 021-4082 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor

      Related Standards: ANSI Z359.18 Type A, OSHA 1926.502 and 1910.66

      In order to allow for user customization, various fasteners are compatible with the 5K Swivel D-Ring Anchor. The user can choose to install a wedge or screw bolt with the anchor. Safewaze offers and recommends the 021-4073 concrete wedge bolt and the 021-4053 concrete screw bolt to use with the anchor. Safewaze equipment is designed for, and tested with, associated Safewaze components or systems. However, an example of a permitted bolt substitution for this anchor would be Hilti’s HSL4-B. The use of competitor fasteners is permissible provided the user follows the Safewaze product manual, the chosen alternative fastener manual, and the following guidelines provided:

      1. The alternative bolt has a diameter between 1/2’’ and 5/8’’.

      2. The alternative bolt has an embedment depth of 4 1/2’’.

      3. The alternative bolt is intended for concrete installation.

      4. A Competent Person has determined the alternative fastener is capable of supporting intended loads on the anchor assembly.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319. Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS) - User Capacity Range

      Related Products: Personal Fall Arrest Systems

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, 1910.66

      To date, the requirements outlined in the ANSI standards limit the user capacity on all fall arrest systems and components to 130-310 lbs. (59-141 kg). Capacity is defined as the combined weight of the user and includes all clothing, tools, and equipment attached. OSHA regulations do not specify a specific user weight capacity for personal fall arrest systems (PFAS), leaving this decision to the manufacturers to independently test, certify, and claim capacity on their product documentation.

      OSHA outlines in 1910.140(d)(1)(V) and 1926.502 (Subpart M App C) how to properly test PFAS components to ensure they meet the mandated performance requirements. Safewaze, as a manufacturer of personal protection equipment, uses these requirements, combined with some elements of the ANSI test requirements, to determine if our products can be rated to a user capacity beyond the current ANSI regulations.

      OSHA’s 1910.66 regulation states that the rigid test mass vs. the human force limit is a factor of 1:4. Safewaze has adopted the ANSI philosophy of using 1:1 test masses when determining compliance and user capacity. For example, when targeting 85 lbs. for the minimum user capacity, an 85 lb. test mass is used. When testing to the 420 lb. maximum user capacity, a 420 lb. weight is used. This is done in order to ensure our products are safe and that each product meets, or exceeds, the minimum 2:1 safety factor per the OSHA regulations.

      Based on lab testing performed on our products, Safewaze can certify that our anchors, body wear, and connectors (SRLs, Lanyards, Vertical Lifelines, etc.) have a user capacity that exceeds the ANSI limits. Safewaze products are tested and certified to:

      • ANSI 130-310 lbs. (59-140kg)*
      • OSHA 85-420 lbs. (38-190kg)*

      *including all clothing, tools, and equipment

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Additionally, refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and installation information.

      Download Bulletin

       
    • OSHA Personal Fall Arrest Systems Below D-Ring Anchorage

      Related Products: SRL-Ps

      Related Standards: OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D

      The Occupational Safety and Health Administration, or OSHA, establishes comprehensive requirements and regulations for Personal Fall Arrest Systems (PFAS). One type of PFAS is a Self- Retracting Lifeline (SRL). OSHA mandates that all SRLs adhere to specific minimum and maximum performance requirements.

      The regulations for SRLs encompass various factors: free fall distances, minimum tensile load strengths, allowed Maximum Arrest Forces (MAF), etc. A Self-Retracting Lifeline must possess sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy resulting from a fallen worker’s free fall of 6 ft. (1.8 m), or the maximum free fall distance permitted by the system-- whichever is the lower of the two.

      Although above D-ring anchorage is the preferred anchorage tie-off level in the industry, there are situations where it may be impractical. These situations require the user to initiate below D-ring tie-off. Compliance with OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D is required for Self- Retracting Lifelines, regardless of its anchorage height.

      Consult OSHA 1926.502, 1910.140, and 1910 Subpart I Appendix D for detailed information on these regulations.

      If you have any questions regarding the information in this Technical Bulletin, please contact Customer Service at (800) 230-0319.

      Refer to the Safewaze manual provided with the product, or available online, for proper use and additional installation information.

      Download Bulletin